1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
53 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
54 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct elf_strtab_hash **, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
56 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
70 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
71 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
72 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
73 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
74 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
75 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
76 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
84 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
102 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
103 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
124 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
125 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
126 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
127 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
128 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
136 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
152 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
153 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
154 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
155 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
156 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
177 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
180 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
188 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
199 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
204 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
207 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h & 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
224 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
225 unsigned long h = 5381;
228 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
229 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
230 return h & 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
241 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
242 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
245 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
246 if (abfd->direction != read_direction)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o);
251 elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
261 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd))
272 elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
280 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
284 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
286 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
287 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
290 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
291 if (shstrtab == NULL)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
295 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
301 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
307 bfd_release (abfd, shstrtab);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
315 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
318 return (char *) shstrtab;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
323 unsigned int shindex,
324 unsigned int strindex)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
334 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
336 if (hdr->contents == NULL)
338 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB && hdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 /* xgettext:c-format */
342 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from"
343 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
348 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
352 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
354 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
356 /* xgettext:c-format */
357 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
358 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
359 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
361 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
365 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
368 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
369 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
370 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
371 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
372 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
373 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
374 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
377 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
378 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
381 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
383 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
385 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
387 const bfd_byte *esym;
388 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
389 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
390 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
391 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
392 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
393 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
398 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
404 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
406 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd) != NULL)
408 elf_section_list * entry;
409 Elf_Internal_Shdr **sections = elf_elfsections (ibfd);
411 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
412 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
415 if (entry->hdr.sh_link >= elf_numsections (ibfd))
418 if (sections[entry->hdr.sh_link] == symtab_hdr)
420 shndx_hdr = & entry->hdr;
425 if (shndx_hdr == NULL)
427 if (symtab_hdr == & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd))
428 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
429 shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)->hdr;
430 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
431 the index table will not be needed. */
435 /* Read the symbols. */
437 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
439 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
440 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
441 amt = (bfd_size_type) symcount * extsym_size;
442 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
443 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
445 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
446 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
448 if (extsym_buf == NULL
449 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
450 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
456 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
460 amt = (bfd_size_type) symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
461 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
462 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
464 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
465 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
466 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
468 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
469 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
470 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
477 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
479 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
480 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
481 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
482 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
486 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
487 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
488 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
489 shndx = extshndx_buf;
491 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
492 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
494 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
495 /* xgettext:c-format */
496 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B symbol number %lu references"
497 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
498 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
499 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
506 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
508 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
509 free (alloc_extshndx);
514 /* Look up a symbol name. */
516 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
517 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
518 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
522 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
523 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
525 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
526 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
527 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
529 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
530 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
533 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
536 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
537 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
542 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
543 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
546 typedef union elf_internal_group {
547 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
549 } Elf_Internal_Group;
551 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
552 signature just a string? */
555 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
557 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
558 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
559 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
560 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
562 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
563 that it is a symbol table section. */
564 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
566 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
567 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
568 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
571 /* Go read the symbol. */
572 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
573 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
574 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
577 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
580 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
583 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
585 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
587 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
588 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
591 unsigned int i, shnum;
593 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
594 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
595 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
598 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
599 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
600 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
601 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
602 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
604 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
606 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
608 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
614 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
615 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
619 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
620 so we can find them quickly. */
623 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
624 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
625 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
626 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
630 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
632 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
634 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
637 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
639 /* Add to list of sections. */
640 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
643 /* Read the raw contents. */
644 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
645 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
646 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
647 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
648 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
649 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
652 /* xgettext:c-format */
653 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section"
654 " header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
655 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
660 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
662 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
663 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
667 /* xgettext:c-format */
668 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section"
669 " header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
670 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
672 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even
673 partially corrupt, do not allow any of the
674 contents to be used. */
675 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
679 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
680 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
681 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
683 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
684 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
692 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
693 if (src == shdr->contents)
696 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
697 shdr->bfd_section->flags
698 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
704 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd);
707 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
712 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
713 if (num_group != (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group)
715 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
717 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
720 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL;
721 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group = -1;
723 (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd);
724 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
730 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
734 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
736 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
737 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
738 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
740 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
741 section is a member. */
743 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
747 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
748 other members to see if any others are linked via
750 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
751 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
753 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
754 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
758 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
759 insert current section in circular list. */
760 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
761 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
762 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
768 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
771 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
773 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
774 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
777 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
779 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
780 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
788 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
790 /* xgettext:c-format */
791 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
799 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
802 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
803 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
806 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
807 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
809 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
810 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
812 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
813 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
814 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
815 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
818 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
819 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
820 bed->link_order_error_handler
821 /* xgettext:c-format */
822 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
827 asection *linksec = NULL;
829 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
831 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
832 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
836 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
837 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
841 /* xgettext:c-format */
842 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
843 s->owner, elfsec, s);
847 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
850 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP
851 && elf_next_in_group (s) == NULL)
854 /* xgettext:c-format */
855 (_("%B: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
856 abfd, elf_section_data (s)->this_idx);
861 /* Process section groups. */
862 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
865 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
867 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
868 Elf_Internal_Group *idx;
871 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
872 if (shdr == NULL || shdr->bfd_section == NULL || shdr->contents == NULL)
875 /* xgettext:c-format */
876 (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
882 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
883 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
886 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
887 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
888 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
889 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
890 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
891 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
892 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
893 relocation sections are in section group in input object
895 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
898 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%A]"),
903 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
904 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
905 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
916 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
918 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
922 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
924 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
925 char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
926 if (new_name == NULL)
930 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
935 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
937 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
938 char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
939 if (new_name == NULL)
942 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
946 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
947 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
950 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
951 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
957 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
959 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
962 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
966 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
967 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
968 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
970 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
971 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
972 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
974 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
976 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
977 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
978 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
979 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
982 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
983 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
984 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
985 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
986 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
987 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
990 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
993 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
994 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
995 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
997 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
999 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
1002 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
1004 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
1005 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
1006 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
1007 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
1009 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
1010 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
1011 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
1012 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1014 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
1016 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1017 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1018 if (name [0] == '.')
1023 p = ".debug", n = 6;
1024 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n')
1025 p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17;
1026 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd')
1027 p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1028 else if (name[1] == 'l')
1030 else if (name[1] == 's')
1032 else if (name[1] == 'z')
1033 p = ".zdebug", n = 7;
1036 if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0)
1037 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
1041 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1042 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1043 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1044 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1045 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1046 all but one of the sections. */
1047 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
1048 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
1049 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1051 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1052 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
1053 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
1056 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
1059 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1060 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1061 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1062 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
1066 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
1069 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, hdr->sh_offset);
1073 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1075 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
1076 unsigned int i, nload;
1078 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1079 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1080 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1081 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1082 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1083 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
1084 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
1086 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
1088 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
1091 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1092 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
1094 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
1095 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
1096 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
1097 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
1099 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
1100 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
1101 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
1103 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1104 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1105 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1106 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1107 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1108 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1109 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1110 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
1111 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
1113 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1114 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1115 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1116 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1117 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
1118 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
1119 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
1125 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1126 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1127 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
1128 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
1129 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
1131 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
1132 int compression_header_size;
1133 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size;
1134 bfd_boolean compressed
1135 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd, newsect,
1136 &compression_header_size,
1137 &uncompressed_size);
1141 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1142 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
1143 action = decompress;
1146 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1147 section. Check if we should compress. */
1148 if (action == nothing)
1150 if (newsect->size != 0
1151 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS)
1152 && compression_header_size >= 0
1153 && uncompressed_size > 0
1155 || ((compression_header_size > 0)
1156 != ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0))))
1162 if (action == compress)
1164 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
1167 /* xgettext:c-format */
1168 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1175 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
1178 /* xgettext:c-format */
1179 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1185 if (abfd->is_linker_input)
1188 && (action == decompress
1189 || (action == compress
1190 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0)))
1192 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1193 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1195 char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
1196 if (new_name == NULL)
1198 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
1202 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1203 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1204 newsect->flags |= SEC_ELF_RENAME;
1210 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] =
1212 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1213 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1214 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1217 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1218 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1219 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1220 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1221 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1222 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1223 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1224 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1225 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1227 bfd_reloc_status_type
1228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1229 arelent *reloc_entry,
1231 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1232 asection *input_section,
1234 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1236 if (output_bfd != NULL
1237 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1238 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1239 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1241 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1242 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1245 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1248 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1249 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1250 should be the same. */
1253 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr * a,
1254 const Elf_Internal_Shdr * b)
1257 a->sh_type == b->sh_type
1258 && (a->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1259 == (b->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1260 && a->sh_addralign == b->sh_addralign
1261 && a->sh_size == b->sh_size
1262 && a->sh_entsize == b->sh_entsize
1263 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1267 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1268 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1269 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1270 to be the correct section. */
1273 find_link (const bfd * obfd, const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader, const unsigned int hint)
1275 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd);
1278 BFD_ASSERT (iheader != NULL);
1280 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1281 if (oheaders[hint] != NULL
1282 && section_match (oheaders[hint], iheader))
1285 for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++)
1287 Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i];
1289 if (oheader == NULL)
1291 if (section_match (oheader, iheader))
1292 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1293 multiple matches ? */
1300 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1301 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1302 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1305 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd *ibfd,
1307 const Elf_Internal_Shdr *iheader,
1308 Elf_Internal_Shdr *oheader,
1309 const unsigned int secnum)
1311 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (obfd);
1312 const Elf_Internal_Shdr **iheaders = (const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) elf_elfsections (ibfd);
1313 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE;
1314 unsigned int sh_link;
1316 if (oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
1318 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1319 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1320 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1321 matched up with the original.
1323 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1324 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1325 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1326 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1327 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1328 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1329 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1330 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1331 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1332 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1333 without any contents. */
1334 if (oheader->sh_link == 0)
1335 oheader->sh_link = iheader->sh_link;
1336 if (oheader->sh_info == 0)
1337 oheader->sh_info = iheader->sh_info;
1341 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1342 if (bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields != NULL
1343 && bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1344 (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader))
1347 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1348 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1349 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1350 in the input bfd. */
1351 if (iheader->sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1353 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1354 if (iheader->sh_link >= elf_numsections (ibfd))
1356 (* _bfd_error_handler)
1357 /* xgettext:c-format */
1358 (_("%B: Invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1359 ibfd, iheader->sh_link, secnum);
1363 sh_link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_link], iheader->sh_link);
1364 if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1366 oheader->sh_link = sh_link;
1370 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1371 if we could not find a match ? */
1372 (* _bfd_error_handler)
1373 /* xgettext:c-format */
1374 (_("%B: Failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd, secnum);
1377 if (iheader->sh_info)
1379 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1380 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1382 if (iheader->sh_flags & SHF_INFO_LINK)
1384 sh_link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_info],
1386 if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1387 oheader->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
1390 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1391 sh_link = iheader->sh_info;
1393 if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1395 oheader->sh_info = sh_link;
1399 (* _bfd_error_handler)
1400 /* xgettext:c-format */
1401 (_("%B: Failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd, secnum);
1407 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1411 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1413 const Elf_Internal_Shdr **iheaders = (const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) elf_elfsections (ibfd);
1414 Elf_Internal_Shdr **oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd);
1415 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1418 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1419 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1422 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
1424 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1425 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1428 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1430 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1431 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] =
1432 elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI];
1434 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1435 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION])
1436 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION]
1437 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION];
1439 /* Copy object attributes. */
1440 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1442 if (iheaders == NULL || oheaders == NULL)
1445 bed = get_elf_backend_data (obfd);
1447 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1448 for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++)
1451 Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i];
1453 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1454 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1455 files. See below for more details. */
1457 || (oheader->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
1458 && oheader->sh_type < SHT_LOOS))
1461 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1462 fields have already been initialised. */
1463 if (oheader->sh_size == 0
1464 || (oheader->sh_info != 0 && oheader->sh_link != 0))
1467 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1468 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1469 for (j = 1; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++)
1471 const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j];
1473 if (iheader == NULL)
1476 if (oheader->bfd_section != NULL
1477 && iheader->bfd_section != NULL
1478 && iheader->bfd_section->output_section != NULL
1479 && iheader->bfd_section->output_section == oheader->bfd_section)
1481 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1482 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1483 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1484 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1485 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader, i))
1486 j = elf_numsections (ibfd);
1491 if (j < elf_numsections (ibfd))
1494 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1495 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1496 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1497 for (j = 1; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++)
1499 const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j];
1501 if (iheader == NULL)
1504 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1505 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1506 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1508 if ((oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
1509 || iheader->sh_type == oheader->sh_type)
1510 && (iheader->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1511 == (oheader->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1512 && iheader->sh_addralign == oheader->sh_addralign
1513 && iheader->sh_entsize == oheader->sh_entsize
1514 && iheader->sh_size == oheader->sh_size
1515 && iheader->sh_addr == oheader->sh_addr
1516 && (iheader->sh_info != oheader->sh_info
1517 || iheader->sh_link != oheader->sh_link))
1519 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader, i))
1524 if (j == elf_numsections (ibfd) && oheader->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS)
1526 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1527 with a NULL input section. */
1528 if (bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields != NULL)
1529 bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, NULL, oheader);
1537 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1542 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1543 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1544 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1545 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1546 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1547 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1548 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1549 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1550 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1551 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1552 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1553 default: pt = NULL; break;
1558 /* Print out the program headers. */
1561 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1563 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
1564 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1566 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1568 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1573 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1574 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1575 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1577 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1582 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1585 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1586 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1587 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1588 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1589 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1590 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1591 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1592 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1593 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1594 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1595 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1596 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1597 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1598 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1599 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1600 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1601 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1606 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1609 unsigned int elfsec;
1610 unsigned long shlink;
1611 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1613 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1615 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1617 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1620 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1621 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1623 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1625 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1626 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1629 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1630 if (s->size < extdynsize)
1632 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1633 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1635 for (; extdyn <= (extdynend - extdynsize); extdyn += extdynsize)
1637 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1638 const char *name = "";
1640 bfd_boolean stringp;
1641 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1643 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1645 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1652 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1653 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1655 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1657 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1662 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1663 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1664 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1665 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1666 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1667 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1668 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1669 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1670 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1671 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1672 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1673 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1674 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1675 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1676 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1677 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1678 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1679 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1680 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1681 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1682 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1683 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1684 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1685 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1686 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1687 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1688 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1689 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1690 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1691 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1692 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1693 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1694 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1695 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1696 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1697 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1698 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1699 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1700 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1701 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1702 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1703 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1704 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1705 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1706 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1707 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1708 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1709 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1710 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1711 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1712 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1713 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1714 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1715 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1716 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1717 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1718 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1719 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1722 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1726 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1731 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1733 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1736 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1745 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1746 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1748 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1752 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1754 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1756 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1757 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1759 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1760 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1761 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1762 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1764 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1767 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1771 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1777 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1779 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1781 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1782 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1784 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1786 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1787 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1788 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1789 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1790 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1791 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1803 /* Get version string. */
1806 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1807 bfd_boolean *hidden)
1809 const char *version_string = NULL;
1810 if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0
1811 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0))
1813 unsigned int vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version;
1815 *hidden = (vernum & VERSYM_HIDDEN) != 0;
1816 vernum &= VERSYM_VERSION;
1819 version_string = "";
1820 else if (vernum == 1)
1821 version_string = "Base";
1822 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1824 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1827 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1829 version_string = "";
1830 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1834 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1836 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1838 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1840 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1847 return version_string;
1850 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1853 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1856 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1858 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
1861 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1862 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1864 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1865 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1866 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1867 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags);
1869 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1871 const char *section_name;
1872 const char *name = NULL;
1873 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1874 unsigned char st_other;
1876 const char *version_string;
1879 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1881 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1882 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1883 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1887 name = symbol->name;
1888 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1891 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1892 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1893 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1894 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1895 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1896 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1897 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1899 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1900 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1902 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1903 version_string = _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd,
1909 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1914 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1915 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1920 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1921 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1926 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1927 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1928 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1930 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1932 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1935 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1941 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1943 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1946 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1948 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1949 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1950 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1952 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
1953 static bfd_boolean * sections_being_created = NULL;
1954 static bfd * sections_being_created_abfd = NULL;
1955 static unsigned int nesting = 0;
1957 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1962 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1963 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1964 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1965 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1966 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1967 can expect to recurse at least once.
1969 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1970 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1972 if (sections_being_created_abfd != abfd)
1973 sections_being_created = NULL;
1974 if (sections_being_created == NULL)
1976 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1977 sections_being_created = (bfd_boolean *)
1978 bfd_zalloc (abfd, elf_numsections (abfd) * sizeof (bfd_boolean));
1979 sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
1981 if (sections_being_created [shindex])
1984 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd);
1987 sections_being_created [shindex] = TRUE;
1990 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1991 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1992 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1997 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1998 switch (hdr->sh_type)
2001 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2004 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
2005 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
2006 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
2007 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
2008 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
2009 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
2010 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
2011 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2012 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2013 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2016 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2017 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2020 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
2022 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2023 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2024 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
2027 case bfd_arch_sparc:
2028 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2029 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2031 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2036 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
2038 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
2040 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
2042 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2043 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2044 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2045 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
2047 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
2048 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
2052 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2054 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2055 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2057 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2058 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2060 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
2068 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table. */
2069 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
2072 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
2075 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
2077 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2079 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2080 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2081 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2086 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2087 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2088 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) != 0)
2091 /* xgettext:c-format */
2092 (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2093 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2097 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
2098 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd) = *hdr;
2099 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2100 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
2102 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2103 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2104 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2105 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2106 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2108 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
2109 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
2110 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2114 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2115 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2116 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2118 elf_section_list * entry;
2119 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2121 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
2122 if (entry->hdr.sh_link == shindex)
2125 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2126 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2128 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2130 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2131 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2136 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
2138 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2140 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2141 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2146 ret = bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
2147 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2151 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2152 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
2155 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
2158 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
2160 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2163 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2164 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2165 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2170 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2171 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2172 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
2175 /* xgettext:c-format */
2176 (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2177 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2181 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
2182 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
2183 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
2184 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
2186 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2187 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2188 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2191 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2193 elf_section_list * entry;
2195 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
2196 if (entry->ndx == shindex)
2199 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof * entry);
2202 entry->ndx = shindex;
2204 entry->next = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
2205 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
2206 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = & entry->hdr;
2210 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table. */
2211 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
2214 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
2216 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
2217 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
2221 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
2224 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
2225 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
2229 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
2232 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
2233 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
2234 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
2235 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2237 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2242 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2243 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2244 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2245 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
2247 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2249 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2250 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2252 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2253 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2255 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2258 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
2260 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
2262 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
2263 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
2267 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2272 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2274 asection *target_sect;
2275 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
2276 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2277 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
2280 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
2281 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
2284 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2285 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
2288 /* xgettext:c-format */
2289 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2290 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex);
2291 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2296 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2297 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2298 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2299 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2300 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2301 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2302 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2304 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2305 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
2306 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
2307 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
2313 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
2315 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2316 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2327 hdr->sh_link = found;
2330 /* Get the symbol table. */
2331 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2332 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2333 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
2336 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2337 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2338 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2339 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2340 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2341 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2342 sh_link points to the null section. */
2343 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
2344 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
2345 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
2346 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
2347 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2348 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2350 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2355 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2358 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2359 if (target_sect == NULL)
2362 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
2363 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2364 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
2366 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
2368 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2371 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*hdr2));
2376 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2377 target_sect->reloc_count += (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr)
2378 * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
2379 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2380 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2381 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2382 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2383 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2384 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2386 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2387 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
2389 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2393 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2394 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2395 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2396 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2399 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2400 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2403 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2404 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2405 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2408 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2409 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2410 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2411 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2418 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
2421 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2424 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
2426 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
2427 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (* idx);
2432 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
2433 hdr->bfd_section->flags
2434 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
2436 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2439 while (--n_elt != 0)
2443 if (idx->shdr != NULL
2444 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
2445 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
2447 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
2455 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2456 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2457 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
2459 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2461 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
2465 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2466 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2469 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
2471 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
2472 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2473 for applications? */
2475 /* xgettext:c-format */
2476 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2477 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2478 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2481 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2482 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2487 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
2488 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
2489 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2491 /* xgettext:c-format */
2492 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2494 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2495 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
2497 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2498 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
2499 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2500 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2501 be rejected with an error message. */
2503 /* xgettext:c-format */
2504 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2506 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2509 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2510 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2515 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2517 /* xgettext:c-format */
2518 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2519 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2527 if (sections_being_created && sections_being_created_abfd == abfd)
2528 sections_being_created [shindex] = FALSE;
2529 if (-- nesting == 0)
2531 sections_being_created = NULL;
2532 sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
2537 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2540 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
2542 unsigned long r_symndx)
2544 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2546 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
2548 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2549 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2550 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2552 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2553 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2554 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2557 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2559 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2562 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2565 return &cache->sym[ent];
2568 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2572 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
2574 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2576 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
2579 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2581 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2582 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2585 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2587 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2588 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2591 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2593 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2594 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2595 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2596 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2597 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2598 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2599 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2600 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2601 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2602 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2603 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2604 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2605 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2606 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2609 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2611 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2612 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2613 { NULL, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2616 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2618 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2619 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
2620 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2621 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2622 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2623 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2624 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2625 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2626 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2627 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2630 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2632 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2633 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2636 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2638 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2639 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2640 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2641 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2644 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2646 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2647 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2650 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2652 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2653 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2654 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2657 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2659 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2660 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2661 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2664 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2666 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2667 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2668 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2669 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2670 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2673 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2675 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2676 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2677 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2678 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2679 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2680 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2681 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2684 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2688 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2689 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2692 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2694 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2695 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2698 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2701 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
2703 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2704 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2705 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2707 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2708 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2709 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2710 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2713 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2715 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2717 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2719 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2720 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2721 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2727 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2730 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2731 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2732 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2738 len = strlen (name);
2740 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2743 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2745 if (len < prefix_len)
2747 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2750 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2751 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2753 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2755 if (suffix_len == 0)
2757 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2758 && (suffix_len == -2
2759 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2765 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2767 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2768 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2778 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2779 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2782 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2783 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2785 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2786 if (sec->name == NULL)
2789 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2790 spec = bed->special_sections;
2793 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2794 bed->special_sections,
2800 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2803 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2804 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2807 spec = special_sections[i];
2812 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2816 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2818 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2819 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2820 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2822 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2825 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
2829 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2832 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2833 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2834 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2836 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2837 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2838 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2839 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2840 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2841 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2842 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2843 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2844 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2845 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2846 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2848 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2851 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
2852 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2853 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
2855 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2856 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2860 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2863 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2865 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2866 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2867 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2868 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2870 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2871 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2872 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2873 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2874 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2875 of combined data+bss.
2877 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2878 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2879 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2880 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2881 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2886 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2887 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2889 const char *type_name)
2897 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2898 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2899 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2901 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2903 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
2904 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2905 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2908 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2909 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2910 if (newsect == NULL)
2912 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2913 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2914 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2915 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2916 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2917 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2918 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2920 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2921 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2922 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2924 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2926 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2929 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2931 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2935 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2939 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
2940 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2941 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2944 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2945 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2946 if (newsect == NULL)
2948 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2949 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2950 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2951 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2952 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2953 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2954 align = hdr->p_align;
2955 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2956 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2958 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2959 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2960 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2961 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2962 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2963 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2964 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2966 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2967 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2968 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2970 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2971 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2978 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
2980 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2982 switch (hdr->p_type)
2985 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
2988 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
2991 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
2994 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
2997 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
2999 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
3004 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
3007 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
3009 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
3010 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
3014 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
3017 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
3020 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3021 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3022 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
3026 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3030 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
3032 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
3034 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
3035 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
3038 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
3042 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd *abfd,
3043 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
3044 const char *sec_name,
3045 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
3047 char *name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd,
3048 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name));
3052 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name);
3054 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
3056 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3062 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3063 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3064 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3068 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
3069 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
3070 const char *sec_name,
3071 bfd_boolean use_rela_p,
3072 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p)
3074 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
3075 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3077 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
3078 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*rel_hdr));
3079 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
3081 if (delay_st_name_p)
3082 rel_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
3083 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, rel_hdr, sec_name,
3086 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
3087 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
3088 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
3089 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
3090 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
3091 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3092 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3093 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
3094 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
3099 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3102 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
3104 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3105 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
3107 return SHT_PROGBITS;
3110 struct fake_section_arg
3112 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
3116 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3119 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
3121 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
3122 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3123 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
3124 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
3125 unsigned int sh_type;
3126 const char *name = asect->name;
3127 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p = FALSE;
3131 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3136 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
3140 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3141 if ((arg->link_info->compress_debug & COMPRESS_DEBUG)
3142 && (asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
3146 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3148 asect->flags |= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS;
3150 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3151 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3152 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3153 delay_st_name_p = TRUE;
3156 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ELF_RENAME))
3158 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3159 if ((abfd->flags & (BFD_DECOMPRESS | BFD_COMPRESS_GABI)))
3161 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3162 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3166 char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
3167 if (new_name == NULL)
3175 else if (asect->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE)
3177 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3178 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3179 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3180 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3181 char *new_name = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
3182 if (new_name == NULL)
3187 BFD_ASSERT (name[1] != 'z');
3192 if (delay_st_name_p)
3193 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
3197 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3199 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3206 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3208 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3209 || asect->user_set_vma)
3210 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
3212 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3214 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
3215 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
3216 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3217 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3218 if (asect->alignment_power >= (sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 1)
3221 /* xgettext:c-format */
3222 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
3223 abfd, asect->alignment_power, asect);
3227 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
3228 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3229 copy_private_section_data. */
3231 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
3232 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
3234 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3236 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
3237 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
3239 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
3241 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
3242 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3243 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
3244 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
3245 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3247 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3248 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3249 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3250 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3252 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
3253 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3256 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
3267 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
3268 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
3269 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
3270 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
3274 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
3278 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
3282 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
3286 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
3287 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3291 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
3292 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
3295 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3296 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
3299 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3300 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3301 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3302 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3304 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
3305 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
3307 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
3308 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
3311 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3312 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3313 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3314 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3316 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
3317 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
3319 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
3320 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
3324 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
3328 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
3332 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3333 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
3334 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3335 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
3336 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
3337 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
3338 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
3340 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
3341 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
3343 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
3344 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
3345 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
3346 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
3347 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
3349 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
3350 if (asect->size == 0
3351 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3353 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
3355 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
3358 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
3359 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
3360 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
3364 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
3365 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
3367 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3368 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3369 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3370 create the other. */
3371 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
3373 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3376 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3377 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
3378 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg->link_info)
3379 || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
3381 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
3382 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, name, FALSE,
3388 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
3389 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, name, TRUE,
3396 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
3398 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
3405 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3406 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
3407 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
3408 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
3411 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
3413 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3414 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3415 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3419 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3420 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3421 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3422 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3425 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
3427 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
3428 asection *elt, *first;
3432 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3434 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
3438 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
3440 unsigned long symindx = 0;
3442 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3444 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
3445 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
3449 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3450 elf_section_syms. */
3451 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
3452 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
3454 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
3456 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
3458 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3459 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3460 set until all local symbols are output. */
3462 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data;
3463 unsigned long symndx;
3464 unsigned long extsymoff;
3465 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3467 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3468 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3469 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3470 igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
3471 sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
3472 symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
3474 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
3476 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3478 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
3479 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3481 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
3482 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3483 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3484 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3486 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
3489 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3491 if (sec->contents == NULL)
3494 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
3496 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3497 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
3498 if (sec->contents == NULL)
3505 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
3507 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3508 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3509 start of the input section group. */
3510 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
3512 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3513 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3514 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3515 directives, not that it matters. */
3522 s = s->output_section;
3524 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
3526 unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3529 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
3531 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
3536 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
3539 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
3542 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3543 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3544 relocations apply. */
3547 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
3549 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3550 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3551 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->want_got_plt
3552 && strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
3557 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3563 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3566 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3569 elf_get_reloc_section (asection *reloc_sec)
3574 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3576 type = elf_section_data (reloc_sec)->this_hdr.sh_type;
3577 if (type != SHT_REL && type != SHT_RELA)
3580 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3581 name = reloc_sec->name;
3582 if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3585 if (type == SHT_RELA && *name++ != 'a')
3588 abfd = reloc_sec->owner;
3589 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3590 return bed->get_reloc_section (abfd, name);
3593 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3594 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3595 in here too, while we're at it. */
3598 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3600 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
3602 unsigned int section_number;
3603 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
3604 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
3605 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3609 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3611 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3612 if (link_info == NULL || bfd_link_relocatable (link_info))
3614 size_t reloc_count = 0;
3616 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3617 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3619 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3621 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
3623 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
3625 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3626 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
3627 abfd->section_count--;
3630 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3633 /* Count relocations. */
3634 reloc_count += sec->reloc_count;
3637 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3638 if (reloc_count == 0)
3639 abfd->flags &= ~HAS_RELOC;
3642 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3644 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3646 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
3647 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3648 if (d->this_hdr.sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3649 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
3652 d->rel.idx = section_number++;
3653 if (d->rel.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3654 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
3661 d->rela.idx = section_number++;
3662 if (d->rela.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3663 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
3669 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3670 || (link_info == NULL
3671 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3675 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++;
3676 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
3677 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
3679 elf_section_list * entry;
3681 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) == NULL);
3683 entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * entry);
3684 entry->ndx = section_number++;
3685 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
3687 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3688 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
3689 if (entry->hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3692 elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3693 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3696 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3697 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
3698 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
3700 if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE)
3702 /* xgettext:c-format */
3703 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3704 abfd, section_number);
3708 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3709 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3711 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3713 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
3714 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3715 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3718 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3719 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3720 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3722 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3726 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3728 i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3731 i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3732 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
3734 elf_section_list * entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
3735 BFD_ASSERT (entry != NULL);
3736 i_shdrp[entry->ndx] = & entry->hdr;
3737 entry->hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3739 i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3740 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
3743 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3747 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3749 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3750 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3751 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
3752 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3753 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
3755 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3757 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3758 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3759 the relocation entries apply. */
3760 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3762 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3763 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3764 d->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3766 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3768 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3769 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3770 d->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3773 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3774 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3776 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3779 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3780 if (link_info != NULL)
3782 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3783 if (discarded_section (s))
3787 /* xgettext:c-format */
3788 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to"
3789 " discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3790 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3792 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3793 size as the discarded one. */
3794 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
3797 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3803 s = s->output_section;
3804 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3808 /* Handle objcopy. */
3809 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3812 /* xgettext:c-format */
3813 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to"
3814 " removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3815 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3816 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3819 s = s->output_section;
3821 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3826 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3827 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3828 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3830 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3831 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3832 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3833 bed->link_order_error_handler
3834 /* xgettext:c-format */
3835 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3840 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3844 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3845 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3846 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3847 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3848 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3849 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3850 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3852 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3854 s = elf_get_reloc_section (sec);
3857 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3858 d->this_hdr.sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3863 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3864 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3865 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3866 field to point to this section. */
3867 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3868 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3873 len = strlen (sec->name);
3874 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3877 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3878 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3879 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3883 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3885 /* This is a .stab section. */
3886 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3887 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3888 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3895 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3896 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3897 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3898 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3900 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3902 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3905 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3906 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3907 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3908 the version strings. */
3909 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3910 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3912 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3917 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3918 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3919 this hash table or version table is for. */
3920 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3922 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3926 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3930 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3931 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3932 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3938 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3940 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3941 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3942 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3943 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3945 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
3946 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3947 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3950 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
3951 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
3952 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
3953 the beginning of that array.
3955 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
3958 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3959 asymbol **syms, long symcount)
3961 long src_count, dst_count = 0;
3963 for (src_count = 0; src_count < symcount; src_count++)
3965 asymbol *sym = syms[src_count];
3966 char *name = (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym);
3967 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3969 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3972 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, name, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3975 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3977 if (h->linker_def || h->ldscript_def)
3980 syms[dst_count++] = sym;
3983 syms[dst_count] = NULL;
3988 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3989 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3992 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3994 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
3996 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
3999 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym);
4000 return ((type_ptr != NULL
4001 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
4002 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
4003 || !(sym->section->owner == abfd
4004 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
4005 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
4006 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
4009 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4010 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4013 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals)
4015 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
4016 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
4017 asymbol **sect_syms;
4018 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
4019 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
4020 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
4021 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
4022 unsigned int max_index = 0;
4028 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4032 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
4034 if (max_index < asect->index)
4035 max_index = asect->index;
4039 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
4040 if (sect_syms == NULL)
4042 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
4043 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
4045 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4046 decided to output. */
4047 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
4049 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
4051 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
4053 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
4054 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
4056 asection *sec = sym->section;
4058 if (sec->owner != abfd)
4059 sec = sec->output_section;
4061 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
4065 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4066 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
4068 if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
4070 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
4074 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4075 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4076 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4077 at least in that case. */
4078 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
4080 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
4082 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
4089 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4090 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
4091 sizeof (asymbol *));
4093 if (new_syms == NULL)
4096 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
4098 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
4101 if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
4102 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
4103 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
4108 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
4110 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
4112 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
4114 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
4117 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
4118 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
4121 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
4123 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
4127 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
4129 *pnum_locals = num_locals;
4133 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4134 ELF data structure. */
4136 static inline file_ptr
4137 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
4139 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
4142 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4143 required section alignment. */
4146 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
4150 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
4151 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
4152 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
4153 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
4154 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
4155 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4156 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
4160 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4161 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4162 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4165 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
4166 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4168 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4169 struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
4171 struct elf_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
4172 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
4173 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
4175 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
4178 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4179 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
4180 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
4182 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
4185 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4186 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
4188 fsargs.failed = FALSE;
4189 fsargs.link_info = link_info;
4190 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
4194 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
4197 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4198 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
4199 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
4200 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
4204 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4205 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
4207 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
4212 if (link_info == NULL)
4214 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
4219 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
4220 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4221 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
4222 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags;
4223 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
4224 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4225 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4226 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
4227 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
4228 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4229 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
4231 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
4237 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4239 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
4241 hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
4242 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4244 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL)
4246 hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
4247 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4248 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4249 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4252 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
4253 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4255 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
4257 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4259 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4260 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
4262 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab);
4265 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
4270 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4271 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4273 static bfd_size_type
4274 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4278 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4280 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4281 and one for data. */
4284 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4285 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4287 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4288 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4289 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4294 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
4296 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4300 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4302 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4306 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd))
4308 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4312 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
4314 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4318 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4320 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4321 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4323 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4325 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4326 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4327 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4328 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4329 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4330 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4332 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4333 while (s->next != NULL
4334 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
4335 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4336 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
4341 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4343 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4345 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4351 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4353 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4355 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4356 unsigned int page_align_power = bfd_log2 (bed->commonpagesize);
4357 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4358 if (elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND)
4360 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info
4364 /* xgettext:c-format */
4365 (_("%B: GNU_MBIN section `%A' has invalid sh_info field: %d"),
4366 abfd, s, elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info);
4369 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4370 if (s->alignment_power < page_align_power)
4371 s->alignment_power = page_align_power;
4376 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4377 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
4381 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
4387 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4390 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4393 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
4395 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4396 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4398 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4404 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
4405 if (m->sections[i] == section)
4412 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4414 static struct elf_segment_map *
4415 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
4416 asection **sections,
4421 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4426 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4427 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4428 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4432 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
4433 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
4434 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
4435 m->count = to - from;
4437 if (from == 0 && phdr)
4439 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4440 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
4441 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
4447 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4450 struct elf_segment_map *
4451 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
4453 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4455 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
4456 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
4460 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
4462 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
4467 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4470 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
4471 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4472 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
4474 struct elf_segment_map **m;
4475 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4477 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4478 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4479 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4480 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4482 m = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
4485 unsigned int i, new_count;
4487 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
4489 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4490 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4491 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
4493 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
4497 (*m)->count = new_count;
4499 if (remove_empty_load
4500 && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD
4502 && !(*m)->includes_phdrs)
4508 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4509 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
4511 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
4518 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4521 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4524 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4525 asection **sections = NULL;
4526 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4527 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
4529 no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL;
4532 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
4534 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
4538 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
4539 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
4542 unsigned int phdr_index;
4543 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
4545 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
4546 bfd_boolean writable;
4548 asection *first_tls = NULL;
4549 asection *first_mbind = NULL;
4550 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
4552 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
4553 bfd_boolean linker_created_pt_phdr_segment = FALSE;
4555 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4557 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
4558 sizeof (asection *));
4559 if (sections == NULL)
4562 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4563 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4565 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
4566 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4569 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4571 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4575 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4576 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
4577 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4580 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
4583 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
4585 /* Build the mapping. */
4590 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4591 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4593 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4594 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4596 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4597 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4601 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
4602 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
4603 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
4604 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4605 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
4606 linker_created_pt_phdr_segment = TRUE;
4610 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4611 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4615 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
4623 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4624 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4625 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4629 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4630 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4631 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4632 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4633 if (maxpagesize == 0)
4636 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4638 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
4641 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4642 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4643 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4644 program headers we will need. */
4647 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
4649 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4650 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
4651 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4652 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
4653 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
4654 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
4655 < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
4656 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
4658 /* PR 20815: The ELF standard says that a PT_PHDR segment, if
4659 present, must be included as part of the memory image of the
4660 program. Ie it must be part of a PT_LOAD segment as well.
4661 If we have had to create our own PT_PHDR segment, but it is
4662 not going to be covered by the first PT_LOAD segment, then
4663 force the inclusion if we can... */
4664 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
4665 && linker_created_pt_phdr_segment)
4666 phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
4668 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4672 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
4675 bfd_boolean new_segment;
4679 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4682 if (last_hdr == NULL)
4684 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4685 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4686 new_segment = FALSE;
4688 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
4690 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4691 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4695 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
4696 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
4698 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4699 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4702 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4703 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4704 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4705 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4706 section can be included in the current segment. */
4707 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
4709 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
4712 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4713 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4716 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
4717 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0
4718 && ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
4719 || (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
4720 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize))))
4722 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4723 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4724 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4725 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose.
4726 However, like the writable/non-writable case below,
4727 if they are on the same page then they must be put
4728 in the same segment. */
4731 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
4733 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4734 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4735 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4736 new_segment = FALSE;
4739 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
4740 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
4741 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
4743 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4744 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4745 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4746 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4747 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4748 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4749 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4754 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4755 new_segment = FALSE;
4758 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4759 if (last_hdr != NULL
4761 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
4763 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
4769 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4772 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4773 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4774 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4775 last_size = hdr->size;
4781 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4782 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4784 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4791 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4797 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4798 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4799 last_size = hdr->size;
4803 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4806 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4808 if (last_hdr != NULL
4809 && (i - phdr_index != 1
4810 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4811 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
4813 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4821 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4824 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4831 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4832 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4833 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4834 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4835 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4837 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4839 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4840 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4845 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4846 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4847 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
4849 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
4850 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4851 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
4852 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
4858 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4859 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4863 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4867 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
4868 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4871 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
4872 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4876 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4882 if (first_mbind == NULL
4883 && (elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0)
4887 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4890 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4891 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4892 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4897 m->count = tls_count;
4898 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4900 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4902 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
4904 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)
4907 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd);
4910 while (i < (unsigned int) tls_count)
4912 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
4914 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s);
4918 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s);
4921 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4932 if (first_mbind && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4933 for (s = first_mbind; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4934 if ((elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0
4935 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info
4936 <= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM))
4938 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4939 unsigned long p_flags = PF_R;
4940 if ((s->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4942 if ((s->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4945 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) + sizeof (asection *);
4946 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4950 m->p_type = (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
4951 + elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info);
4953 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4955 m->p_flags = p_flags;
4961 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4963 eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd);
4964 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4965 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4967 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4968 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4972 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4974 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4980 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
4982 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4983 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4987 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4988 m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd);
4989 m->p_align = bed->stack_align;
4990 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4991 m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0;
4992 if (info->stacksize > 0)
4994 m->p_size = info->stacksize;
4995 m->p_size_valid = 1;
5002 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
5004 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
5006 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
5008 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
5009 && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
5012 while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
5013 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
5014 == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
5017 if (i != (unsigned) -1)
5022 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5025 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5026 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5030 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
5037 elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst;
5040 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
5043 for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5045 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5050 if (sections != NULL)
5055 /* Sort sections by address. */
5058 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5060 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
5061 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
5062 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
5064 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5065 place the section into a segment. */
5066 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5068 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5071 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5072 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5073 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5075 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5078 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5080 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5086 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
5087 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
5088 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
5089 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
5094 else if (TOEND (sec2))
5099 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5100 before others at the same address. */
5102 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
5103 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
5110 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
5113 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5115 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5116 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5117 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5118 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5119 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5122 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5123 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5125 /* In other words, something like:
5127 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5128 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5129 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5130 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5132 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5134 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5137 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
5139 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5140 if (maxpagesize == 0)
5142 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
5146 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
5149 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
5154 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
5155 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5156 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
5157 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
5158 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5159 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
5161 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
5162 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
5166 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
5167 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
5168 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
5174 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
5179 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
5181 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
5184 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
5189 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5190 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5194 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
5195 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5197 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5198 struct elf_segment_map *m;
5199 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
5200 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
5202 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
5203 unsigned int pt_load_count = 0;
5206 bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
5208 if (link_info == NULL
5209 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
5213 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5217 header_pad = m->header_size;
5222 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5223 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5227 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5228 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
5229 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
5232 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
5234 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1)
5235 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5237 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd)
5238 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
5242 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5246 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5247 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5248 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5249 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5250 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5252 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5253 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5254 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5255 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
5257 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
5259 (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
5260 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
5261 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
5266 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
5267 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
5269 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5270 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5271 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
5277 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0;
5279 m = m->next, p++, j++)
5283 bfd_boolean no_contents;
5285 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5286 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5287 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5288 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5289 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5291 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
5292 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
5293 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
5296 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5297 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5298 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5299 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5300 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5301 p->p_type = m->p_type;
5302 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
5307 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
5309 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
5310 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
5311 else if (m->count == 0)
5314 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
5316 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5317 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
5319 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5320 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5321 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5322 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5323 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5324 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5325 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5327 if (m->p_align_valid)
5328 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
5330 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
5333 else if (m->p_align_valid)
5334 p->p_align = m->p_align;
5335 else if (m->count == 0)
5336 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
5340 no_contents = FALSE;
5342 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5345 bfd_size_type align;
5346 unsigned int align_power = 0;
5348 if (m->p_align_valid)
5352 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
5354 unsigned int secalign;
5356 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
5357 if (secalign > align_power)
5358 align_power = secalign;
5360 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
5361 if (align < maxpagesize)
5362 align = maxpagesize;
5365 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5366 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
5367 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5368 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5369 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5370 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
5372 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5375 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5376 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
5378 no_contents = FALSE;
5382 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
5384 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5385 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5387 if (pt_load_count > 1
5388 && bed->no_page_alias
5389 && (off & (maxpagesize - 1)) != 0
5390 && (off & -maxpagesize) == ((off + off_adjust) & -maxpagesize))
5391 off_adjust += maxpagesize;
5395 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5396 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5397 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5398 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5399 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5400 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5401 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5402 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5407 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5408 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5409 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
5411 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
5414 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5415 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5417 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5420 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5421 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
5422 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5423 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
5429 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5431 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5433 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5434 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5437 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off
5438 || (!m->p_paddr_valid
5439 && p->p_paddr < (bfd_vma) off))
5442 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers,"
5443 " try linking with -N"),
5445 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5450 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
5455 if (m->includes_phdrs)
5457 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5460 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
5462 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5466 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
5467 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
5468 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
5472 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5473 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5476 p->p_filesz += header_pad;
5477 p->p_memsz += header_pad;
5481 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5482 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
5484 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
5490 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
5492 p->p_filesz += adjust;
5493 p->p_memsz += adjust;
5497 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5498 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5499 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5500 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5501 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5502 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
5505 bfd_size_type align;
5506 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5509 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
5510 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
5512 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5513 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
5514 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
5515 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
5516 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
5517 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
5519 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
5520 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
5521 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
5522 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
5526 || p_end < p_start))
5529 /* xgettext:c-format */
5530 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec,
5531 (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end);
5535 p->p_memsz += adjust;
5537 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5539 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
5541 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5542 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5544 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
5545 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
5549 p->p_filesz += adjust;
5553 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5555 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5559 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
5560 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
5561 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
5567 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5576 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5578 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
5579 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5580 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
5582 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
5583 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
5584 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
5586 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5587 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5588 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5589 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5590 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5591 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5593 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
5595 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
5598 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5600 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5601 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5602 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5603 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5604 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5605 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5607 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5609 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
5610 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5612 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5614 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
5615 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5618 if (align > p->p_align
5619 && !m->p_align_valid
5620 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5621 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
5625 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5628 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
5630 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
5637 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5638 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5639 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5641 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
5643 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
5644 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
5645 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
5646 ->this_hdr), p) != 0
5647 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
5648 ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
5650 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5655 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5657 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5660 sec = m->sections[i];
5661 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
5662 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
5663 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
5666 /* xgettext:c-format */
5667 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5669 print_segment_map (m);
5675 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5679 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5682 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
5683 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5685 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5686 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
5687 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp, **end_hdrpp;
5688 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
5689 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
5690 struct elf_segment_map *m;
5691 struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment;
5692 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
5693 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
5697 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5698 end_hdrpp = i_shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
5699 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5700 for (hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; hdrpp < end_hdrpp; hdrpp++)
5702 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5705 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5706 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
5707 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
5708 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
5709 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
5710 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5712 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
5714 /* xgettext:c-format */
5715 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5717 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
5719 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
5720 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5721 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
5722 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
5725 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
5727 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
5730 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5731 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5732 || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5733 && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
5734 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5735 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]
5736 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
5737 && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
5738 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)]
5739 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)])
5740 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5742 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5745 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5746 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5750 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5752 hdrs_segment = NULL;
5753 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
5754 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
5757 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5760 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5762 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
5763 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
5765 if (m->includes_phdrs)
5767 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
5768 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
5769 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5772 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5773 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5778 if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL)
5780 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5781 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5782 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5784 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash
5785 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start",
5786 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5787 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5789 && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
5790 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5791 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5792 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
5795 if (hdrs_segment->count != 0)
5796 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5797 s = hdrs_segment->sections[0];
5799 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5800 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5809 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma;
5810 hash->root.u.def.section = s;
5814 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr;
5815 hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5818 hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5819 hash->def_regular = 1;
5824 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
5826 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5828 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
5829 struct elf_segment_map *lm;
5831 if (link_info != NULL)
5833 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5835 for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs;
5837 lm = lm->next, lp++)
5839 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5840 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end
5842 && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start)
5846 BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL);
5850 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5851 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5852 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
5854 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5855 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
5860 if (lp < phdrs + count)
5862 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
5863 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
5864 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
5865 if (link_info != NULL)
5866 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
5867 else if (m->p_size_valid)
5868 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
5871 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
5872 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5873 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5874 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5875 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5877 if (!m->p_align_valid)
5879 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5884 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
5885 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
5888 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
5890 if (m->p_size_valid)
5891 p->p_memsz = m->p_size;
5893 else if (m->count != 0)
5897 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5898 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
5899 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
5901 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
5902 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
5903 if (p->p_type == PT_PHDR)
5909 if (m->includes_filehdr || m->includes_phdrs)
5911 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5913 (_("%B: error: non-load segment %d includes file header and/or program header"),
5914 abfd, (int)(p - phdrs));
5919 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
5920 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
5922 asection *sect = m->sections[i];
5923 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
5924 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5926 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
5933 else if (m->includes_filehdr)
5935 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
5936 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5937 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
5939 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
5941 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
5942 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5943 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
5947 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5952 static elf_section_list *
5953 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i, elf_section_list * list)
5955 for (;list != NULL; list = list->next)
5961 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5962 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5963 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5965 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5966 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5967 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5968 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5969 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5970 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5971 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5973 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5976 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
5977 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5979 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
5980 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5981 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5983 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
5984 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5986 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5987 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5988 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
5992 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5993 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
5995 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5996 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5997 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5998 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
6000 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6003 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
6004 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
6005 || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6006 && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
6007 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6008 || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd)
6009 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
6010 && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
6011 || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd)
6012 || i == elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd))
6014 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
6017 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
6020 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
6026 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6027 assignment of sections to segments. */
6028 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
6031 /* And for non-load sections. */
6032 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
6035 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
6037 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
6041 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
6042 if (link_info != NULL && bfd_link_pie (link_info))
6044 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
6045 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
6046 Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments];
6048 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6049 bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1;
6050 for (; segment < end_segment; segment++)
6051 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr)
6052 p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr;
6054 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6055 segments is non-zero. */
6057 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
6060 /* Write out the program headers. */
6061 alloc = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
6063 /* Sort the program headers into the ordering required by the ELF standard. */
6067 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if present, will
6068 be loaded into memory. FIXME: The check below is not sufficient as
6069 really all PT_LOAD segments should be checked before issuing an error
6070 message. Plus the PHDR segment does not have to be the first segment
6071 in the program header table. But this version of the check should
6072 catch all real world use cases.
6074 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6075 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6076 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6077 changed or the programs updated. */
6079 && tdata->phdr[0].p_type == PT_PHDR
6080 && ! bed->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc)
6081 && tdata->phdr[1].p_type == PT_LOAD
6082 && (tdata->phdr[1].p_vaddr > tdata->phdr[0].p_vaddr
6083 || (tdata->phdr[1].p_vaddr + tdata->phdr[1].p_memsz)
6084 < (tdata->phdr[0].p_vaddr + tdata->phdr[0].p_memsz)))
6086 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
6087 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
6088 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
6089 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6090 %B: error: PHDR segment not covered by LOAD segment"),
6095 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6096 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
6104 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
6106 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6107 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
6108 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6110 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
6112 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6113 if (shstrtab == NULL)
6116 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
6118 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
6119 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
6120 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
6121 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
6123 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
6124 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
6125 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
6126 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
6128 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6129 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
6130 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
6131 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
6132 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
6133 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
6135 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
6137 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
6139 case bfd_arch_unknown:
6140 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
6143 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6144 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6145 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6146 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6147 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6148 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6149 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6150 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6152 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
6155 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
6156 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
6158 /* No program header, for now. */
6159 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
6160 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
6161 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
6163 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6164 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
6165 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
6167 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
6168 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
6169 /* It all happens later. */
6173 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
6174 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
6177 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
6178 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
6179 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
6180 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
6181 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
6182 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
6183 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
6184 || elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
6185 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
6191 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6192 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6195 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd *abfd)
6198 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp, **end_shdrpp;
6199 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
6200 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
6201 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6203 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
6205 shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
6206 end_shdrpp = shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
6207 for (shdrpp++; shdrpp < end_shdrpp; shdrpp++)
6210 if (shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
6212 asection *sec = shdrp->bfd_section;
6213 bfd_boolean is_rel = (shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL
6214 || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA);
6216 || (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS)))
6220 const char *name = sec->name;
6221 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
6223 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6224 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd, sec,
6228 if (sec->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6229 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) == 0)
6231 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6232 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6234 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
6235 if (new_name == NULL)
6239 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6240 if (shdrp->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
6243 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
6245 d = elf_section_data (sec);
6247 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6249 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
6254 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
6259 /* Update section size and contents. */
6260 shdrp->sh_size = sec->size;
6261 shdrp->contents = sec->contents;
6262 shdrp->bfd_section->contents = NULL;
6264 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp,
6271 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6273 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
6274 shdrp = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
6275 shdrp->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
6276 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
6278 /* Place the section headers. */
6279 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
6280 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6281 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
6282 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
6283 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
6284 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
6290 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
6292 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6293 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
6295 unsigned int count, num_sec;
6296 struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
6298 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
6299 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
6302 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
6305 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
6309 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd))
6312 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6313 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
6314 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
6316 i_shdrp[count]->sh_name
6317 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
6318 i_shdrp[count]->sh_name);
6319 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
6320 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
6321 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
6323 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
6325 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6326 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
6331 /* Write out the section header names. */
6332 t = elf_tdata (abfd);
6333 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
6334 && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6335 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
6338 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
6339 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd));
6341 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
6344 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6345 if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL)
6346 return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
6352 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
6354 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6355 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
6358 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6361 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
6363 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6364 unsigned int sec_index;
6366 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
6367 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
6368 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
6370 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
6371 sec_index = SHN_ABS;
6372 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
6373 sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
6374 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
6375 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
6377 sec_index = SHN_BAD;
6379 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6380 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
6382 int retval = sec_index;
6384 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
6388 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
6389 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
6394 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6398 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
6400 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
6402 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
6404 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6405 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6406 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6407 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6408 input sections rather than the output section. */
6409 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
6410 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6411 && asym_ptr->section)
6416 sec = asym_ptr->section;
6417 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
6418 sec = sec->output_section;
6419 if (sec->owner == abfd
6420 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
6421 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
6422 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
6425 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
6429 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6430 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6432 /* xgettext:c-format */
6433 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6434 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
6435 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
6442 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
6443 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags);
6451 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6454 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6456 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6457 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6458 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6459 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6460 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6463 unsigned int num_segments;
6464 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6465 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6466 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
6467 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
6468 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
6469 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6471 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6472 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6475 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6477 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6478 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
6480 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6481 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6482 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6483 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6485 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6486 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6487 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6488 ? section->size : 0)
6490 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6491 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6492 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6493 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6494 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6495 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6497 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6498 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6499 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6500 (section->lma >= base \
6501 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6502 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6504 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6505 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6506 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6507 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6508 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6509 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6510 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6512 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6514 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6516 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6520 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6521 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6522 p_memsz set to 0. */
6523 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6525 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6526 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6527 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6528 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6530 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6531 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6532 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6534 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6535 A section will be included if:
6536 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6537 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6538 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6540 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6541 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6542 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6543 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6544 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6545 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6546 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6547 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6548 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6549 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6550 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6551 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6552 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6553 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6554 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6555 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6556 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6557 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6558 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6559 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6560 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6561 || (segment->p_paddr \
6562 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6563 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6564 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6566 && !section->segment_mark)
6568 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6569 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6570 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6571 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6572 && section->output_section != NULL)
6574 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6575 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6576 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6578 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6579 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6580 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6581 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6582 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6584 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6585 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6586 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6587 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6588 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6590 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6591 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
6592 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6594 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6595 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6596 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6597 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6598 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6599 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6602 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6604 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6608 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6609 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6610 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6611 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6612 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6617 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
6619 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
6620 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
6621 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
6623 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6624 assignment code will work. */
6625 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
6629 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6631 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6632 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
6633 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
6637 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6638 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
6640 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
6642 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
6643 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
6646 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6647 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
6649 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6651 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
6652 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
6654 if (extra_length > 0)
6656 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
6657 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
6660 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
6662 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6664 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6669 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6671 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
6672 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
6674 if (extra_length > 0)
6676 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
6677 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
6680 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
6685 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6686 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6690 unsigned int section_count;
6691 asection **sections;
6692 asection *output_section;
6694 bfd_vma matching_lma;
6695 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
6698 asection *first_section;
6699 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
6700 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
6702 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
6705 first_section = NULL;
6706 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6707 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6709 section = section->next)
6711 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6712 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6713 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
6715 if (first_section == NULL)
6716 first_section = section;
6717 if (section->output_section != NULL)
6722 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6723 all of the sections we have selected. */
6724 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6725 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6726 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6730 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6731 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6733 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6734 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6735 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6737 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6738 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6740 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
6742 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6743 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6746 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6747 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6748 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6749 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6750 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6752 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6754 map->includes_phdrs =
6755 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6756 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6757 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6758 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6760 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6761 phdr_included = TRUE;
6764 if (section_count == 0)
6766 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6767 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6768 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6769 a warning is produced.
6770 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
6771 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
6772 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
6773 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
6774 && (segment->p_filesz > 0 || segment->p_memsz == 0))
6775 /* xgettext:c-format */
6776 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6777 %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected at vaddr=0x%.8x, is this intentional ?"),
6778 ibfd, segment->p_vaddr);
6781 *pointer_to_map = map;
6782 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6787 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6788 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6789 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6790 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6792 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6793 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6796 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6797 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6798 of the first section.
6800 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6801 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6802 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6803 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6804 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6806 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6807 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6808 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6809 or segments to contain the other sections.
6811 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6812 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6813 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6815 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
6816 if (sections == NULL)
6819 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6820 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6821 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6822 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6823 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6828 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
6829 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
6831 for (section = first_section, j = 0;
6833 section = section->next)
6835 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
6837 output_section = section->output_section;
6839 sections[j++] = section;
6841 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6842 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6843 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6844 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6846 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
6847 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6849 && output_section->lma != 0
6850 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
6851 + (map->includes_filehdr
6854 + (map->includes_phdrs
6856 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
6858 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
6860 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6861 LMA address of the output section. */
6862 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
6863 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
6864 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6865 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
6867 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
6869 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
6870 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
6873 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6874 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6876 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
6878 else if (first_suggested_lma)
6880 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6881 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6884 if (j == section_count)
6889 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
6891 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6893 if (isec == section_count)
6895 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6896 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6897 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6898 program header in the input BFD. */
6899 map->count = section_count;
6900 *pointer_to_map = map;
6901 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6904 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6905 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
6906 && !map->includes_filehdr
6907 && !map->includes_phdrs)
6908 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6909 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6911 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
6918 if (!first_matching_lma)
6920 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6921 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6922 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6923 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
6927 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6928 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6929 the LMA of the first section. */
6930 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
6933 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6934 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6935 if (map->includes_filehdr)
6937 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
6938 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
6941 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
6942 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
6946 if (map->includes_phdrs)
6948 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
6950 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
6952 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6953 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6954 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6955 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6956 offset when we know the correct value. */
6957 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
6958 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
6961 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
6965 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6966 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6967 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6968 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6969 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6970 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6977 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
6979 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6980 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
6982 section = sections[j];
6984 if (section == NULL)
6987 output_section = section->output_section;
6989 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
6991 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
6992 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
6994 if (map->count == 0)
6996 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6997 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6999 if (output_section->lma
7001 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
7002 + (map->includes_phdrs
7003 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
7011 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
7013 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7014 and the start of this section is more than
7015 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7016 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
7018 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
7019 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
7020 > output_section->lma))
7022 if (first_suggested_lma)
7024 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
7025 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
7032 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
7035 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
7037 else if (first_suggested_lma)
7039 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
7040 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
7044 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
7046 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7047 *pointer_to_map = map;
7048 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
7050 if (isec < section_count)
7052 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7053 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7054 and carry on looping. */
7055 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7056 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7057 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
7064 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7065 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7066 not yet been assigned. */
7068 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
7069 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
7070 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
7071 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
7072 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
7073 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
7074 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
7077 while (isec < section_count);
7082 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
7084 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7085 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7086 the offset if necessary. */
7087 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
7091 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
7094 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
7095 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
7096 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
7101 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7102 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7104 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7105 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7106 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7107 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7108 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7109 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7113 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7116 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
7118 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
7119 struct elf_segment_map *map;
7120 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
7121 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
7122 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
7124 unsigned int num_segments;
7125 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
7126 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
7128 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
7131 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
7133 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7134 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7135 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
7136 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
7137 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7140 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
7142 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
7146 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7151 unsigned int section_count;
7153 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
7154 asection *first_section = NULL;
7155 asection *lowest_section;
7157 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7158 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
7160 section = section->next)
7162 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
7163 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
7165 if (first_section == NULL)
7166 first_section = section;
7171 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7172 all of the sections we have selected. */
7173 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7174 if (section_count != 0)
7175 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7176 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
7180 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7183 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
7184 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
7185 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
7186 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
7187 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
7188 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
7189 map->p_align_valid = 1;
7190 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
7192 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
7193 || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
7195 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7196 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7197 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7198 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7199 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7201 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
7202 map->p_size_valid = 1;
7205 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7206 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7207 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
7208 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
7210 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
7211 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
7213 map->includes_phdrs =
7214 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
7215 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
7216 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
7217 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
7219 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
7220 phdr_included = TRUE;
7223 lowest_section = NULL;
7224 if (section_count != 0)
7226 unsigned int isec = 0;
7228 for (section = first_section;
7230 section = section->next)
7232 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
7233 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
7235 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
7236 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7240 if (lowest_section == NULL
7241 || section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
7242 lowest_section = section;
7244 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7245 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7246 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7247 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7249 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7250 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
7252 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
7253 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
7254 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
7256 if (isec == section_count)
7262 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
7263 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
7264 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
7266 if (!map->includes_phdrs
7267 && !map->includes_filehdr
7268 && map->p_paddr_valid)
7269 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
7270 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
7271 - segment->p_paddr);
7273 map->count = section_count;
7274 *pointer_to_map = map;
7275 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
7278 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
7282 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7286 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
7288 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7289 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7292 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
7295 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
7297 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7298 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7299 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
7300 asection *section, *osec;
7301 unsigned int i, num_segments;
7302 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
7303 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7305 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
7307 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7308 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
7311 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7312 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
7313 section = section->next)
7314 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
7316 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
7317 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7321 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7322 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7323 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7324 map in this case. */
7325 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
7326 && segment->p_memsz == 0
7327 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
7330 for (section = ibfd->sections;
7331 section != NULL; section = section->next)
7333 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7334 from the input BFD. */
7335 osec = section->output_section;
7337 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
7339 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7340 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
7341 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
7343 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7344 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7346 || section->flags != osec->flags
7347 || section->lma != osec->lma
7348 || section->vma != osec->vma
7349 || section->size != osec->size
7350 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
7351 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
7357 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7359 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
7360 section = section->next)
7362 if (!section->segment_mark)
7365 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
7368 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
7372 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
7374 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7375 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7376 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
7378 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
7379 bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0;
7381 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7384 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
7385 && maxpagesize < segment->p_align)
7387 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7388 if (segment->p_align > (bfd_vma) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 2))
7389 /* xgettext:c-format */
7390 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7391 %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
7392 ibfd, (long long) segment->p_align);
7394 maxpagesize = segment->p_align;
7397 if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize)
7398 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize);
7401 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
7404 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7407 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
7411 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
7414 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
7415 bfd_boolean final_link = (link_info != NULL
7416 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info));
7418 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7419 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7422 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
7424 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7425 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7426 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7427 that the linker clears to differ. */
7428 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
7429 && (osec->flags == isec->flags
7431 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
7432 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
7433 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
7435 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7436 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
7437 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
7439 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7440 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GNU_MBIND)
7441 elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr.sh_info
7442 = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.sh_info;
7444 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7445 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7446 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7447 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7450 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
7451 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
7453 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
7454 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
7455 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
7456 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
7459 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7460 if ((ibfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS) == 0)
7461 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
7465 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
7467 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7468 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7469 may be NULL at this point. */
7470 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
7472 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
7473 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
7474 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
7477 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
7482 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7483 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7486 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
7491 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
7493 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7494 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7497 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
7498 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
7500 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
7502 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
7503 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
7504 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
7505 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
7506 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
7508 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
7512 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7513 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7514 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7515 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7516 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7520 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
7524 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
7525 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
7527 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
7528 asection *s = first;
7529 bfd_size_type removed = 0;
7533 /* If this member section is being output but the
7534 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7535 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7536 if (s->output_section != discarded
7537 && isec->output_section == discarded)
7539 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
7540 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
7542 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7543 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7544 else if (s->output_section == discarded
7545 && isec->output_section != discarded)
7547 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
7553 if (discarded != NULL)
7555 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7556 adjust the input section size. This function may
7557 be called multiple times, so save the original
7559 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
7560 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
7561 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
7565 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7567 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
7575 /* Copy private header information. */
7578 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
7580 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7581 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7584 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7585 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7586 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7587 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7588 already been worked out. */
7589 if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
7591 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
7595 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
7598 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7599 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7600 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7601 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7602 swap_out_syms function. */
7604 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7605 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7606 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7607 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7608 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7611 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
7616 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
7618 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7619 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7622 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
7623 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
7626 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
7628 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
7632 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
7633 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
7634 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
7635 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
7636 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
7637 else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd))
7639 else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd))
7640 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
7641 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)))
7642 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
7643 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
7649 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7652 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
7653 struct elf_strtab_hash **sttp,
7656 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7659 struct elf_strtab_hash *stt;
7660 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7661 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
7662 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
7663 struct elf_sym_strtab *symstrtab;
7664 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
7665 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
7666 unsigned long outbound_syms_index;
7667 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index;
7669 unsigned int num_locals;
7671 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
7673 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals))
7676 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7677 stt = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7681 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7682 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
7683 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7684 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
7685 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
7686 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
7687 symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1;
7688 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
7690 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
7691 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
7693 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7694 symstrtab = (struct elf_sym_strtab *) bfd_malloc ((symcount + 1)
7695 * sizeof (*symstrtab));
7696 if (symstrtab == NULL)
7698 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
7702 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
7703 bed->s->sizeof_sym);
7704 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
7707 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
7711 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
7712 outbound_syms_index = 0;
7714 outbound_shndx = NULL;
7715 outbound_shndx_index = 0;
7717 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
7719 symtab_shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
7720 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
7722 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7723 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *)
7724 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
7725 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
7728 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
7729 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
7730 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
7731 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7732 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7734 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7737 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7739 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7740 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
7746 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7747 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
7748 symstrtab[0].sym = sym;
7749 symstrtab[0].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
7750 symstrtab[0].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index;
7751 outbound_syms_index++;
7752 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
7753 outbound_shndx_index++;
7757 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7758 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
7760 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
7761 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount;)
7763 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
7764 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
7765 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
7766 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
7769 if (!name_local_sections
7770 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
7772 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7773 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) -1;
7777 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7778 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7780 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt, syms[idx]->name,
7782 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
7786 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
7788 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
7789 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
7791 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7792 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7793 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7794 sym.st_size = value;
7795 if (type_ptr == NULL
7796 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
7797 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
7799 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
7800 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7801 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
7805 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
7808 if (sec->output_section)
7810 value += sec->output_offset;
7811 sec = sec->output_section;
7814 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7815 if (! relocatable_p)
7817 sym.st_value = value;
7818 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
7820 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
7822 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
7824 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7825 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7826 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7827 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
7831 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
7834 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
7837 shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
7840 shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
7843 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
7844 shndx = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx;
7853 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
7855 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
7859 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7860 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7861 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7862 demand of applications. For example, it
7863 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7864 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7865 actually in the output file. */
7866 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
7868 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
7869 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
7871 /* xgettext:c-format */
7872 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7873 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7874 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
7876 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7882 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
7885 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
7887 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
7888 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
7889 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
7891 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
7893 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
7895 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
7900 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
7903 /* Processor-specific types. */
7904 if (type_ptr != NULL
7905 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
7906 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
7907 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
7909 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
7911 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
7912 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
7914 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
7916 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
7918 if (type != STT_TLS)
7920 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON))
7921 type = ((abfd->flags & BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON)
7922 ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT);
7924 type = ((flags & BSF_ELF_COMMON) != 0
7925 ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT);
7927 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
7929 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
7930 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
7934 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
7935 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
7938 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
7940 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
7942 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
7943 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
7944 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
7946 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
7949 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
7952 if (type_ptr != NULL)
7954 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
7955 sym.st_target_internal
7956 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
7961 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
7965 symstrtab[idx].sym = sym;
7966 symstrtab[idx].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
7967 symstrtab[idx].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index;
7969 outbound_syms_index++;
7970 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
7971 outbound_shndx_index++;
7974 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
7975 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt);
7977 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
7978 for (idx = 0; idx <= symcount; idx++)
7980 struct elf_sym_strtab *elfsym = &symstrtab[idx];
7981 if (elfsym->sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
7982 elfsym->sym.st_name = 0;
7984 elfsym->sym.st_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt,
7985 elfsym->sym.st_name);
7986 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &elfsym->sym,
7988 + (elfsym->dest_index
7989 * bed->s->sizeof_sym)),
7991 + (elfsym->destshndx_index
7992 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx))));
7997 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt);
7998 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
7999 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags;
8000 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
8001 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
8002 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
8003 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
8004 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
8009 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8011 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8012 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8013 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8016 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8020 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8022 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
8023 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
8025 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
8031 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8035 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
8037 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
8039 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8043 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
8044 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
8046 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
8052 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8055 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
8058 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8061 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
8068 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8070 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
8073 tblptr = section->relocation;
8074 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
8075 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
8079 return section->reloc_count;
8083 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
8085 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8086 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
8089 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
8094 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8095 asymbol **allocation)
8097 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8098 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
8101 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
8105 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8106 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8107 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8108 dynamic reloc section. */
8111 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8116 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
8118 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8122 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
8123 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
8124 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8125 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
8126 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
8127 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
8128 * sizeof (arelent *));
8133 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8134 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8135 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8136 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8137 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8138 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8139 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8142 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
8146 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8150 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
8152 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8156 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8158 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
8160 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8161 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
8162 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
8167 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
8169 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
8171 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
8182 /* Read in the version information. */
8185 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
8187 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8188 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
8190 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
8192 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8193 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
8194 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
8196 bfd_byte *contents_end;
8198 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
8200 if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
8202 error_return_bad_verref:
8204 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd);
8205 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8206 error_return_verref:
8207 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
8208 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
8212 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
8213 if (contents == NULL)
8214 goto error_return_verref;
8216 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
8217 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
8218 goto error_return_verref;
8220 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
8221 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
8223 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
8224 goto error_return_verref;
8226 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
8227 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
8228 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
8229 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
8230 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
8231 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
8233 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
8234 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
8237 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
8239 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
8241 iverneed->vn_filename =
8242 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
8244 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
8245 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8247 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
8248 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
8251 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
8252 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
8253 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
8254 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
8255 goto error_return_verref;
8258 if (iverneed->vn_aux
8259 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
8260 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8262 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
8263 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
8264 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
8265 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
8267 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
8269 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
8270 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
8271 ivernaux->vna_name);
8272 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
8273 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8275 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
8276 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
8278 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
8279 if (ivernaux->vna_next == 0)
8281 iverneed->vn_cnt = j + 1;
8284 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
8285 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
8287 if (ivernaux->vna_next
8288 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
8289 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8291 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
8292 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
8295 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
8296 if (iverneed->vn_next == 0)
8298 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
8299 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
8301 if (iverneed->vn_next
8302 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
8303 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8305 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
8306 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
8308 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = i;
8314 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
8316 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8317 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
8318 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
8319 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
8320 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
8322 unsigned int maxidx;
8323 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
8325 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
8327 if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
8329 error_return_bad_verdef:
8331 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd);
8332 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8333 error_return_verdef:
8334 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
8335 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
8339 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
8340 if (contents == NULL)
8341 goto error_return_verdef;
8342 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
8343 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
8344 goto error_return_verdef;
8346 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
8347 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
8348 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
8349 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
8350 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
8351 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
8353 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8354 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8356 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
8358 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
8360 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
8362 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) == 0)
8363 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8364 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
8365 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
8367 if (iverdefmem.vd_next == 0)
8370 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
8371 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
8372 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8374 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
8375 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
8378 if (default_imported_symver)
8380 if (freeidx > maxidx)
8386 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
8387 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
8388 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
8389 goto error_return_verdef;
8391 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
8393 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
8394 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
8395 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
8397 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
8398 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
8401 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
8403 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
8404 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8406 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
8407 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef, vd_bfd));
8409 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
8411 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
8412 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
8415 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
8416 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
8417 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
8418 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
8419 goto error_return_verdef;
8423 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
8424 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8426 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
8427 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
8428 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
8429 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
8431 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
8433 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
8434 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
8435 iverdaux->vda_name);
8436 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
8437 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8439 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
8440 if (iverdaux->vda_next == 0)
8442 iverdef->vd_cnt = j + 1;
8445 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
8446 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
8448 if (iverdaux->vda_next
8449 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
8450 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8452 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
8453 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
8456 iverdef->vd_nodename = NULL;
8457 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
8458 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
8460 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
8461 if (iverdef->vd_next == 0)
8463 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
8464 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
8466 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
8467 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
8473 else if (default_imported_symver)
8480 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
8481 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
8482 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
8485 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
8488 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8489 if (default_imported_symver)
8491 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
8492 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
8494 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];
8496 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
8497 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
8498 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
8499 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
8501 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
8503 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
8504 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
8505 goto error_return_verdef;
8506 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
8507 iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
8508 bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)));
8509 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
8510 goto error_return_verdef;
8512 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
8513 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
8519 if (contents != NULL)
8525 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
8527 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
8529 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * newsym);
8532 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
8533 return &newsym->symbol;
8537 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8541 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
8544 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8545 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8549 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8552 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8553 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
8556 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8557 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8558 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
8561 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8562 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8563 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8564 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8565 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8566 we treat such symbols as local. */
8567 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
8570 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8571 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8572 These labels have the form:
8574 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8576 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8578 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8579 so we only need to match the rest. */
8580 if (name[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name[1]))
8582 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
8586 for (p = name + 2; (c = *p); p++)
8588 if (c == 1 || c == 2)
8590 if (c == 1 && p == name + 2)
8591 /* A fake symbol. */
8594 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8595 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8596 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8597 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8598 other than some kind of local ? */
8615 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8616 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8623 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
8624 enum bfd_architecture arch,
8625 unsigned long machine)
8627 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8628 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8629 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
8630 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
8631 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
8634 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
8637 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8638 for error reporting. */
8641 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
8645 const char **filename_ptr,
8646 const char **functionname_ptr,
8647 unsigned int *line_ptr,
8648 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
8652 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
8653 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
8654 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
8655 dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
8656 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)
8657 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8658 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
8661 if (!*functionname_ptr)
8662 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8663 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
8668 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8669 &found, filename_ptr,
8670 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
8671 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
8673 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
8676 if (symbols == NULL)
8679 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8680 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
8687 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8690 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
8691 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
8693 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, NULL, 0,
8694 filename_ptr, NULL, line_ptr, NULL,
8695 dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
8696 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8699 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8700 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8701 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8702 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8703 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8706 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
8707 const char **filename_ptr,
8708 const char **functionname_ptr,
8709 unsigned int *line_ptr)
8712 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
8713 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
8714 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8719 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8721 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8722 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
8724 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8726 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
8728 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
8730 struct elf_segment_map *m;
8733 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
8734 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
8737 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
8740 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size;
8748 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
8750 const void *location,
8752 bfd_size_type count)
8754 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8757 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
8758 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
8764 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
8765 if (hdr->sh_offset == (file_ptr) -1)
8767 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8768 unsigned char *contents = hdr->contents;
8769 if ((offset + count) > hdr->sh_size
8770 || (section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS) == 0
8771 || contents == NULL)
8773 memcpy (contents + offset, location, count);
8776 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
8777 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
8778 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
8785 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8786 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8787 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8792 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8795 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
8797 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8799 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
8801 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
8802 reloc_howto_type *howto;
8804 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8805 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8807 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
8809 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
8812 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
8815 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
8818 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
8821 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
8824 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
8827 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
8833 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
8835 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
8837 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
8838 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
8840 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8845 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
8851 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
8854 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
8857 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
8860 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
8863 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
8869 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
8873 areloc->howto = howto;
8882 /* xgettext:c-format */
8883 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8884 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
8885 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8890 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
8892 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
8893 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
8895 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
8896 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
8897 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8900 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
8903 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8904 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8905 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8908 bfd_reloc_status_type
8909 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8910 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8911 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8912 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8913 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8915 return bfd_reloc_ok;
8918 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8919 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8920 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8921 out details about the corefile. */
8923 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8924 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8925 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8926 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8929 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8930 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8933 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
8937 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid;
8939 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid;
8944 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8945 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8946 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8950 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
8954 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
8957 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
8961 sect2->size = sect->size;
8962 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
8963 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
8967 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8968 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8969 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8970 such a section already exists.
8971 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8972 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8973 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8975 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
8981 char *threaded_name;
8985 /* Build the section name. */
8987 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8988 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8989 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8990 if (threaded_name == NULL)
8992 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
8994 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
8999 sect->filepos = filepos;
9000 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9002 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
9005 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9007 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9011 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9014 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9019 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
9023 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
9024 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
9025 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
9027 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9028 has already been set by another thread. */
9029 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9030 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
9031 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
9032 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
9034 /* pr_who exists on:
9037 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9040 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9041 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
9043 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
9046 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9047 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
9049 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9050 prstatus32_t prstat;
9052 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
9053 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
9054 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
9056 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9057 has already been set by another thread. */
9058 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9059 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
9060 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
9061 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
9063 /* pr_who exists on:
9066 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9069 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9070 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
9072 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
9075 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9078 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9079 note size (ie. data object type). */
9083 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9084 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
9085 size, note->descpos + offset);
9087 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9089 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9091 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
9093 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9095 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
9096 note->descsz, note->descpos);
9099 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9100 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9101 data structure apart. */
9104 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9106 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
9109 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9110 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9114 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9116 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
9119 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9120 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9121 contents literally. */
9124 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9126 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
9130 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9132 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
9136 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9138 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
9142 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9144 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
9148 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9150 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
9154 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9156 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
9160 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9162 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
9166 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9168 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
9172 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9174 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
9178 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9180 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
9184 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9186 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
9190 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9192 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note);
9196 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9198 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note);
9202 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9204 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note);
9208 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9210 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
9214 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9216 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note);
9220 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9222 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note);
9226 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9228 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note);
9231 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9232 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
9233 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9234 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
9238 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9239 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
9240 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9241 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
9245 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9246 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9247 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9250 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
9253 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
9261 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
9265 memcpy (dups, start, len);
9271 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9273 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9275 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
9277 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
9279 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
9281 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9282 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
9284 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
9285 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
9286 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
9288 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9289 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
9290 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
9292 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9293 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
9295 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9296 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
9298 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
9300 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9301 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
9303 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
9304 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
9305 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
9307 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9308 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
9309 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
9315 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9316 note size (ie. data object type). */
9320 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9321 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9322 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9325 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
9326 int n = strlen (command);
9328 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
9329 command[n - 1] = '\0';
9334 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9336 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9338 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9340 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
9341 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9342 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
9348 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
9350 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
9352 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9353 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
9355 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9358 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
9360 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
9363 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9364 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9365 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9369 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9371 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9373 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9375 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
9381 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
9382 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9383 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
9388 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
9390 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
9391 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9393 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9394 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
9396 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9398 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
9399 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9400 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9403 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9405 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9409 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9410 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
9411 sect->filepos = note->descpos
9412 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
9415 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9416 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
9417 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
9420 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9422 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
9425 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9427 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
9428 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9429 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9432 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9434 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9438 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9439 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
9440 sect->filepos = note->descpos
9441 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
9444 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9445 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
9446 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
9449 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9451 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
9453 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9456 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9463 int is_active_thread;
9466 if (note->descsz < 728)
9469 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
9472 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
9476 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9477 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9478 /* process_info.pid */
9479 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
9480 /* process_info.signal */
9481 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
9484 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9485 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9486 /* thread_info.tid */
9487 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
9489 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9490 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9494 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9496 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9500 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9502 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9503 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
9504 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9506 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9507 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
9509 if (is_active_thread)
9510 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
9514 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9515 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9516 /* module_info.base_address */
9517 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
9518 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
9520 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9521 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9525 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9527 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9532 sect->size = note->descsz;
9533 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9534 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9545 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9547 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9555 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
9556 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
9558 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9559 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
9564 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9566 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
9569 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9571 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
9574 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9575 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
9577 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
9578 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
9580 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
9581 if (note->namesz == 6
9582 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9583 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
9587 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9588 if (note->namesz == 6
9589 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9590 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
9595 if (note->namesz == 6
9596 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9597 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
9602 if (note->namesz == 6
9603 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9604 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
9608 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
9609 if (note->namesz == 6
9610 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9611 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
9616 if (note->namesz == 6
9617 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9618 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
9622 case NT_S390_TODCMP:
9623 if (note->namesz == 6
9624 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9625 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
9629 case NT_S390_TODPREG:
9630 if (note->namesz == 6
9631 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9632 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
9637 if (note->namesz == 6
9638 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9639 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
9643 case NT_S390_PREFIX:
9644 if (note->namesz == 6
9645 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9646 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
9650 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
9651 if (note->namesz == 6
9652 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9653 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
9657 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
9658 if (note->namesz == 6
9659 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9660 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
9665 if (note->namesz == 6
9666 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9667 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note);
9671 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW:
9672 if (note->namesz == 6
9673 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9674 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, note);
9678 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH:
9679 if (note->namesz == 6
9680 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9681 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, note);
9686 if (note->namesz == 6
9687 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9688 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
9693 if (note->namesz == 6
9694 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9695 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note);
9699 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK:
9700 if (note->namesz == 6
9701 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9702 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note);
9706 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH:
9707 if (note->namesz == 6
9708 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9709 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note);
9715 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
9716 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
9718 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9719 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
9726 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
9731 sect->size = note->descsz;
9732 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9733 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
9739 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9743 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9750 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9752 struct bfd_build_id* build_id;
9754 if (note->descsz == 0)
9757 build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id) - 1 + note->descsz);
9758 if (build_id == NULL)
9761 build_id->size = note->descsz;
9762 memcpy (build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
9763 abfd->build_id = build_id;
9769 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9776 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0:
9777 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd, note);
9779 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
9780 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
9785 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9787 struct sdt_note *cur =
9788 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
9791 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
9792 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
9793 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
9795 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
9801 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9806 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
9814 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9818 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])
9821 if (note->descsz < 108)
9826 if (note->descsz < 120)
9834 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9835 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata) != 1)
9839 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
9840 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
9844 offset += 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
9848 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
9849 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
9850 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + offset, 17);
9853 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
9854 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9855 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + offset, 81);
9858 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
9861 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
9862 if (note->descsz < offset + 4)
9865 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
9866 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9872 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9877 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9878 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata) != 1)
9882 /* Skip over pr_statussz. */
9883 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])
9890 offset += 4; /* Padding before pr_statussz. */
9898 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
9899 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
9900 size = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9902 size = bfd_h_get_64 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9904 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
9905 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
9910 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
9913 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
9914 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9915 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
9916 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9919 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
9920 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid
9921 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9924 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
9925 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
9928 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9929 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
9930 size, note->descpos + offset);
9934 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9939 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd, note);
9942 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
9945 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd, note);
9947 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC:
9948 if (note->namesz == 8)
9949 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".thrmisc", note);
9953 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV:
9955 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
9960 sect->size = note->descsz - 4;
9961 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 4;
9962 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
9968 if (note->namesz == 8)
9969 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
9979 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
9983 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
9986 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
9993 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9995 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9996 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
9997 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
9999 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10000 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
10001 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
10003 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10004 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
10005 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
10007 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10012 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10016 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
10017 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp;
10019 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
10021 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10022 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10023 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10024 creates a core file. */
10026 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
10029 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
10030 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10031 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10034 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
10038 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
10040 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10041 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10043 case bfd_arch_alpha:
10044 case bfd_arch_sparc:
10045 switch (note->type)
10047 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
10048 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
10050 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
10051 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
10057 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10058 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10061 switch (note->type)
10063 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
10064 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
10066 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
10067 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
10077 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10079 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10080 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
10081 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
10083 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10084 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
10085 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
10087 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10088 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
10089 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
10095 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10097 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
10098 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
10100 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
10101 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
10103 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
10104 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
10106 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
10107 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
10109 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
10111 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
10116 sect->size = note->descsz;
10117 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10118 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
10123 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
10125 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
10130 sect->size = note->descsz;
10131 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10132 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
10141 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
10143 void *ddata = note->descdata;
10150 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10151 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
10153 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10154 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
10156 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10157 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
10159 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10160 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
10162 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig;
10163 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
10166 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10167 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10168 thread just in case. */
10169 if (flags & 0x00000080)
10170 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
10172 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10173 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
10175 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
10178 strcpy (name, buf);
10180 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
10184 sect->size = note->descsz;
10185 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10186 sect->alignment_power = 2;
10188 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
10192 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
10193 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
10201 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10202 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
10204 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
10207 strcpy (name, buf);
10209 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
10213 sect->size = note->descsz;
10214 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10215 sect->alignment_power = 2;
10217 /* This is the current thread. */
10218 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid)
10219 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
10224 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10225 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10226 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10227 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10230 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10232 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10233 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10235 static long tid = 1;
10237 switch (note->type)
10239 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
10240 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
10241 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
10242 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
10243 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
10244 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
10245 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
10246 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
10253 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10259 /* Use note name as section name. */
10260 len = note->namesz;
10261 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
10264 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
10265 name[len - 1] = '\0';
10267 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
10271 sect->size = note->descsz;
10272 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10273 sect->alignment_power = 1;
10278 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10281 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10285 size of data for note
10287 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10288 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10289 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10290 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10293 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10296 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
10304 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
10311 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
10313 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
10315 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
10318 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
10319 *bufsiz += newspace;
10320 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
10321 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
10322 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
10323 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
10327 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
10335 memcpy (dest, input, size);
10346 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
10350 const char *psargs)
10352 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10354 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
10357 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10358 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
10363 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10364 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10365 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
10367 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10369 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
10372 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
10375 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
10376 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
10377 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
10378 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10379 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
10384 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10386 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
10389 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
10392 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
10393 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
10394 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
10395 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10396 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
10398 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
10405 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
10406 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
10407 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
10409 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data;
10411 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
10412 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
10413 &data, sizeof (data));
10417 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
10418 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
10419 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
10421 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data;
10423 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
10424 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10425 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
10429 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
10436 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10438 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
10441 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10443 pid, cursig, gregs);
10448 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10449 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
10450 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
10452 prstatus32_t prstat;
10454 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
10455 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
10456 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
10457 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
10458 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
10459 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
10466 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
10467 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
10468 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
10469 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
10470 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
10471 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
10473 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
10479 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10481 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
10488 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
10489 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10491 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
10492 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
10493 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
10494 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10495 memcpy (&lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
10496 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10497 #if !defined(gregs)
10498 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
10499 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
10501 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
10502 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
10505 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10506 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
10508 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10510 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10512 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
10516 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10517 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10519 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10520 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10521 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10523 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
10527 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
10528 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
10529 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10530 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
10538 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
10539 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
10540 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10541 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
10545 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10548 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
10551 const void *fpregs,
10554 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10555 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10556 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
10560 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
10563 const void *xfpregs,
10566 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10567 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10568 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
10572 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
10573 const void *xfpregs, int size)
10576 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi == ELFOSABI_FREEBSD)
10577 note_name = "FreeBSD";
10579 note_name = "LINUX";
10580 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10581 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
10585 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
10588 const void *ppc_vmx,
10591 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10592 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10593 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
10597 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
10600 const void *ppc_vsx,
10603 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10604 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10605 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
10609 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
10612 const void *s390_high_gprs,
10615 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10616 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10617 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
10618 s390_high_gprs, size);
10622 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
10625 const void *s390_timer,
10628 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10629 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10630 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
10634 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
10637 const void *s390_todcmp,
10640 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10641 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10642 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
10646 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
10649 const void *s390_todpreg,
10652 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10653 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10654 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
10658 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
10661 const void *s390_ctrs,
10664 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10665 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10666 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
10670 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
10673 const void *s390_prefix,
10676 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10677 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10678 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
10682 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
10685 const void *s390_last_break,
10688 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10689 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10690 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
10691 s390_last_break, size);
10695 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
10698 const void *s390_system_call,
10701 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10702 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10703 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
10704 s390_system_call, size);
10708 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd,
10711 const void *s390_tdb,
10714 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10715 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10716 note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size);
10720 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd,
10723 const void *s390_vxrs_low,
10726 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10727 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10728 note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW, s390_vxrs_low, size);
10732 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd,
10735 const void *s390_vxrs_high,
10738 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10739 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10740 note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH,
10741 s390_vxrs_high, size);
10745 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
10748 const void *arm_vfp,
10751 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10752 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10753 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
10757 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd,
10760 const void *aarch_tls,
10763 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10764 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10765 note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size);
10769 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd,
10772 const void *aarch_hw_break,
10775 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10776 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10777 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size);
10781 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd,
10784 const void *aarch_hw_watch,
10787 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10788 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10789 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size);
10793 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
10796 const char *section,
10800 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
10801 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10802 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
10803 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10804 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
10805 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10806 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
10807 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10808 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
10809 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10810 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
10811 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10812 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
10813 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10814 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
10815 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10816 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
10817 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10818 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
10819 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10820 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
10821 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10822 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
10823 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10824 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
10825 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10826 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
10827 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10828 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
10829 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10830 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
10831 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10832 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
10833 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10834 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
10835 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10836 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
10837 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10838 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
10839 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10844 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
10849 while (p < buf + size)
10851 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
10852 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
10853 Elf_Internal_Note in;
10855 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
10858 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
10860 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
10861 in.namedata = xnp->name;
10862 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
10865 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
10866 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
10867 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
10869 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
10870 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
10873 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
10880 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
10883 const char * string;
10885 bfd_boolean (* func)(bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *);
10889 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note),
10890 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note),
10891 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note),
10892 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note),
10893 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note),
10894 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note)
10896 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
10899 for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (grokers); i--;)
10901 if (in.namesz >= grokers[i].len
10902 && strncmp (in.namedata, grokers[i].string,
10903 grokers[i].len) == 0)
10905 if (! grokers[i].func (abfd, & in))
10914 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
10916 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
10919 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
10920 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
10922 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
10928 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
10935 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
10942 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
10945 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size + 1);
10949 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
10950 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
10953 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
10954 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
10964 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
10966 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
10967 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
10968 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10971 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
10973 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
10975 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
10979 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
10982 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
10983 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
10984 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
10985 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
10987 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
10988 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10991 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
10995 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
10997 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
11001 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
11002 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
11003 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
11008 enum elf_reloc_type_class
11009 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11010 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11011 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11013 return reloc_class_normal;
11016 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
11017 relocation against a local symbol. */
11020 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
11021 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
11023 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
11025 asection *sec = *psec;
11026 bfd_vma relocation;
11028 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
11029 + sec->output_offset
11031 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
11032 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
11033 && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
11036 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
11037 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
11038 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
11041 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
11042 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
11043 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
11044 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
11045 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
11046 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
11047 sec->kept_section = *psec;
11050 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
11051 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
11057 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
11058 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
11062 asection *sec = *psec;
11064 if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
11065 return sym->st_value + addend;
11067 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
11068 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
11069 sym->st_value + addend);
11072 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
11073 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
11074 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
11075 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
11079 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
11080 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11084 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
11086 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
11087 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
11089 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
11090 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
11093 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
11095 /* Reverse the offset. */
11096 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
11097 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
11099 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
11100 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
11101 offset = (sec->size - address_size) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd) - offset;
11107 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
11108 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
11109 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
11110 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
11111 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
11112 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
11114 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
11115 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
11116 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
11117 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
11118 the remote memory. */
11121 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
11124 bfd_size_type size,
11125 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
11126 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
11128 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
11129 (templ, ehdr_vma, size, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
11133 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
11134 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11135 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11140 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
11143 const char *relplt_name;
11144 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
11148 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
11154 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
11157 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
11160 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
11163 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
11164 if (relplt_name == NULL)
11165 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
11166 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
11167 if (relplt == NULL)
11170 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
11171 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
11172 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
11175 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
11179 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
11180 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
11183 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
11184 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
11185 p = relplt->relocation;
11186 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
11188 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
11189 if (p->addend != 0)
11192 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
11194 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
11199 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
11203 names = (char *) (s + count);
11204 p = relplt->relocation;
11206 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
11211 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
11212 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
11215 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
11216 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
11217 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
11218 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
11219 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
11220 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
11222 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
11225 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
11226 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
11228 if (p->addend != 0)
11232 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
11233 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
11234 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
11235 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
11238 memcpy (names, a, len);
11241 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
11242 names += sizeof ("@plt");
11249 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
11250 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
11251 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
11252 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
11253 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section);
11254 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
11255 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, &lcomm_sym,
11256 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON);
11259 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd * abfd,
11260 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11262 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
11264 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
11266 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
11268 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
11269 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
11270 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
11271 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
11272 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
11273 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
11277 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
11278 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
11279 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
11282 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
11284 return (type == STT_FUNC
11285 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
11288 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
11289 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
11290 otherwise return zero. */
11293 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
11296 bfd_size_type size;
11298 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
11299 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
11300 || sym->section != sec)
11303 *code_off = sym->value;
11305 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
11306 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;